{"title":"Circuit breakers","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201015","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 1P R9F32110","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 1P R9F32110 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is a selection among the MCB automatic breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this model, the rated current is 10 Amperes and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish the model from others in the same series; match them with the circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity (according to source)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and home or shop owners setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the device type or the breaker's shape alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Always refer to the manufacturer’s documentation for the R9F32110 reference to identify terminals and torque values. Never work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician must disconnect all power sources, secure them against reconnection, and verify the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and check conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit on the DIN rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not reuse values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the connections and mounting, then close the covers and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overloads and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one with a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. The two figures are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201016\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P R9F32116 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809900962007,"sku":"00201015","price":3.36,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201015.jpg?v=1789627386"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201016","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 1P R9F32116","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P R9F32116\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16 amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker just to increase the operational margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions into a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or its physical appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32116 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician must disconnect all power sources, secure them against accidental reconnection, and verify the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram; verify conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the device on the rail or its designated spot after confirming compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not copy these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of connections and mounts, then close the covers and perform the necessary operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with a higher-amp one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper assessment may leave wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201017\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 1P R9F32120\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what best fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901060311,"sku":"00201016","price":3.36,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201016.jpg?v=1789627387"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201017","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 1P R9F32120","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 1P R9F32120\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 20 amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or its physical appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Licensed Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32120 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician must disconnect all power sources and secure them against accidental re-energization, then verify the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and check the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit on the DIN rail or its designated position after confirming compatibility, and identify the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the connections and mounting, then close covers and perform the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check for the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe amperage is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. These two figures are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Category\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201018\"\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 1P R9F32125\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901093079,"sku":"00201017","price":3.36,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201017.jpg?v=1789627388"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201018","title":"Schneider MCB 25A 1P R9F32125","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 25A 1P MCB R9F32125\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed for circuit protection against overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 25 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32125\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or breaker shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32125 to determine terminals and tightening torque values. Do not work on a circuit connected to the power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental restart, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board schematic, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the device onto the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connection, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor comparison within the category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201019\"\u003eSchneider 32A 1P MCB R9F32132\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901191383,"sku":"00201018","price":3.36,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201018.jpg?v=1789627389"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201019","title":"Schneider MCB 32A 1P R9F32132 circuit breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 1P R9F32132\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker range at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 32 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated breaker simply to increase operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current rating, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches their existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32132 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician shall disconnect all power sources and secure them against re-energization, then verify the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and review conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the unit on the DIN rail or its designated slot after ensuring compatibility, and identify input\/output according to the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCarry out connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the mounting and connections, then close the covers and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product inquiries and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201020\"\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 1P R9F32140\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901256919,"sku":"00201019","price":3.36,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201019.jpg?v=1789627390"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201020","title":"Schneider MCB 40A 1P R9F32140 circuit breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 1P R9F32140\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current rating just to increase the operational margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect selection of current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a circuit breaker to match an existing circuit. Selection is based on circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or its physical appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32140 must be consulted to identify terminals and tightening values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician matches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit is mounted on the rail or its designated location after confirming compatibility, and the supply and output are identified according to the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConnections are made using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; these values must not be inferred from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician checks the integrity of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check if an RCCB or RCBO is required within the distribution board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips frequently with one with a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can disconnect under defined voltage and standard conditions. These two figures are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Installations\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201022\"\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 1P R9F32163\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901322455,"sku":"00201020","price":4.46,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201020.jpg?v=1789627391"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201022","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 1P R9F32163","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 1P R9F32163 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 63 Amperes and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit’s requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications of This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32163\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per Source Header\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's manual for reference R9F32163 to determine terminal layouts and tightening values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify that the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage match the panel diagram, and check the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not reuse these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the installation and connections, then close the covers and conduct the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker provide earth leakage protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the circuit design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips frequently with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper assessment may leave the wiring without adequate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (Amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmps represent the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not use these two figures interchangeably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202014\"\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 2P R9F32206 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901420759,"sku":"00201022","price":5.25,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201022.jpg?v=1789627392"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202014","title":"Schneider MCB 6A 2P R9F32206 Circuit Breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 2P R9F32206\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 6 amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of tripping on overload and short circuit into a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32206\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and home or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the breaker's appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32206 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Never perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reactivation, then verifies the absence of voltage using an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections with the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and conducts required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with a higher amperage one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis could leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Department\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e section. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202015\"\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 2P R9F32210\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901486295,"sku":"00202014","price":9.14,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202014.jpg?v=1789627393"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202015","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 2P R9F32210","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 2P R9F32210\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the automatic MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 10 amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe selection of current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32210\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and routing method, not merely on the device type or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32210 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage using a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the DIN rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies supply and load connections from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n--\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overloads and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one that has a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure should be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Wiring\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eElectrical Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries regarding the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202016\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 2P R9F32216\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901584599,"sku":"00202015","price":9.14,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202015.jpg?v=1789627394"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202016","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 2P R9F32216 circuit breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 2P R9F32216\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16A and it features 2 poles (2P). These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current rating simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per Source Header\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not merely on the device type or the breaker's appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. The manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32216 must be used to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage using an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and verify the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the mounting and connections, then close the covers and conduct the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. The necessity for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one having a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, whereas breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one figure for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202017\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 2P R9F32220\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901682903,"sku":"00202016","price":9.14,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202016.jpg?v=1789627396"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202017","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 2P R9F32220 circuit breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 2P R9F32220\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker range at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 20 Amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current rating simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32220\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per Source Header\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the device type or the breaker's appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's manual for reference R9F32220 must be followed to determine terminals and tightening values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board's diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies input\/output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks for tightness and connection security, then closes covers and performs required operation and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe steps above ensure proper installation; always refer to the specific datasheet provided by the manufacturer for the R9F32220.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be checked within the board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with a higher amperage one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under defined voltage and standard conditions. One figure should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202018\"\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 2P R9F32225\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901781207,"sku":"00202017","price":11.18,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202017.jpg?v=1789627397"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202018","title":"Schneider MCB 25A 2P R9F32225","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 2P R9F32225\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker range at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this model, the rated current is 25 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to the circuit's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32225\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32225 must be followed to determine terminals and torque values. Do not work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms the connections according to the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that keeps tripping with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first determine the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure replaces the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202020\"\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 2P R9F32240\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901846743,"sku":"00202018","price":11.18,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202018.jpg?v=1789627398"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202020","title":"Schneider MCB 40A 2P R9F32240","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 2P R9F32240 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 Amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current rating just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. The manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32240 must be used to identify terminals and torque values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load sides from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks for secure mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker provide earth leakage protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe current (amps) is the rated current of the breaker, whereas the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Section\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00202022\"\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 2P R9F32263 circuit breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809901945047,"sku":"00202020","price":11.18,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202020.jpg?v=1789627399"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00202022","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 2P R9F32263","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 2P R9F32263\u003c\/strong\u003e is a selection among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed for circuit protection against overload and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 63 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32263\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32263 must be used to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after verifying compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n--\u0026gt;\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure should be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Section\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203014\"\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 3P R9F32306\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902010583,"sku":"00202022","price":11.18,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00202022.jpg?v=1789627400"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203014","title":"Schneider MCB 6A 3P R9F32306 circuit breaker","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"rtl\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 3P R9F32306\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 6 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32306\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: Width x Height x Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Licensed Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; use the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32306 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after verifying compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with a higher amperage one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. These two numbers are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Department\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e section. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor comparison within the category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203015\"\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 3P R9F32310\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902076119,"sku":"00203014","price":15.75,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203014.jpg?v=1789627401"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203015","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 3P R9F32310","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 3P R9F32310\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 10 amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish the model from others in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32310\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the breaker's shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's manual for the R9F32310 reference to identify terminals and torque settings. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician must disconnect all power sources, secure them against accidental restart, and verify the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and check the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the specific tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not use values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the mounting and connections, close the covers, and conduct the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check if an RCCB or RCBO is required as part of the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one with a higher amp rating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper assessment may leave the wires without adequate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot replace the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Section\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and bulk inquiries, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our branches in \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Marka, Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203016\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 3P R9F32316\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what best suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902174423,"sku":"00203015","price":15.75,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203015.jpg?v=1789627402"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203016","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 3P R9F32316","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 3P R9F32316\u003c\/strong\u003e is a choice among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed for circuit protection against overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit during a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps illustrate the general workflow; use the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32316 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the rail or its designated position after verifying compatibility, and identifies supply and load connections from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker provide earth leakage protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one having a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under defined voltage and standard conditions. One number cannot be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203017\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 3P R9F32320\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902239959,"sku":"00203016","price":17.38,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203016.jpg?v=1789627404"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203017","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 3P R9F32320","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 3P R9F32320 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 20 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated breaker just to increase your operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32320\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity (as per source label)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and home or shop owners setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the breaker's appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Always rely on the manufacturer's diagram for the R9F32320 reference to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n)\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMCBs are designed for overload and short-circuit protection and do not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Review the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within your board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one with higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without adequate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (Amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ampere rating is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eElectrical Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product inquiries and bulk orders, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203018\"\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 3P R9F32325 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902338263,"sku":"00203017","price":17.38,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203017.jpg?v=1789627405"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203018","title":"Schneider MCB circuit breaker 25A 3P R9F32325","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 3P R9F32325\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overload and short circuits. In this model, the rated current is 25 amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit disconnection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32325\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. The manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32325 must be used to determine terminals and torque values. Work must not be performed on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the distribution board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one with a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more within the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203019\"\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 3P R9F32332\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902403799,"sku":"00203018","price":17.38,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203018.jpg?v=1789627406"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203019","title":"Schneider MCB 32A 3P R9F32332","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 32A 3P MCB R9F32332\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the automatic MCBs at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 32 Amperes and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current rating just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32332\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the breaker's shape alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Authorized Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. The manufacturer’s manual for reference R9F32332 must be consulted to determine terminals and torque values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician matches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe component is installed on the rail or its designated position after confirming compatibility, and the supply and load sides are identified according to the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConnections are executed using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model guide; these values should not be assumed from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician checks the integrity of the installation and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one that has a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under defined voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure should be used as a substitute for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Section\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00203018\"\u003eSchneider 25A 3P MCB R9F32325\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902469335,"sku":"00203019","price":17.38,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203019.jpg?v=1789627407"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203020","title":"Schneider Resi9 MCB Automatic Circuit Breaker 40A 3P Curve C 4.5kA R9F32240","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider Resi9 40A 3P Curve C 4.5kA MCB R9F32240\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 81 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Installation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps illustrate the general work sequence; refer to the manufacturer's manual for reference R9F32240 to determine terminals and tightening torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the DIN rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and safety tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMCBs are designed for overload and short-circuit protection and do not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one with a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSchneider at Bashiti Stores — Electrical Department\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose MCB circuit breakers from Bashiti's electrical department according to the specifications required for your project in Jordan. The series name and reference R9F32240 help you identify the part accurately when inquiring or ordering a replacement. At Bashiti Stores, we provide basic selection data to help you compare similar products and prepare your order for a technician or contractor based on function and compatibility, not just price or appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902502103,"sku":"00203020","price":18.53,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203020.jpg?v=1789627408"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00203022","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 3P R9F32363","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 3P R9F32363\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 63 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit during a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eResi9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eR9F32363\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 81 × 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the breaker's shape alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference R9F32363 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the component on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connection, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and safety tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Purchase\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201105\"\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 1P A9K24106\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902567639,"sku":"00203022","price":21.42,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00203022.jpg?v=1789627409"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201105","title":"Schneider MCB Circuit Breaker 6A 1P A9K24106","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 1P A9K24106\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 6 amperes and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher amperage simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit tripping in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24106\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24106 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchase\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMCBs are designed for overloads and short circuits and do not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the distribution board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201106\"\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 1P A9K24110\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902665943,"sku":"00201105","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201105.jpg?v=1789627410"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201106","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 1P A9K24110","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 1P A9K24110 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 10 Amperes and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to the circuit's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity (as per source title)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than solely on the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Licensed Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's datasheet for reference A9K24110 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInspects the security of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a frequently tripping breaker with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (Amperes) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe current rating is the nominal operating current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under defined voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Installations\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eElectrical Circuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201107\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P A9K24116\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902731479,"sku":"00201106","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201106.jpg?v=1789627411"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201107","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 1P A9K24116","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P A9K24116 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker range at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16 amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the breaker's appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24116 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental restart, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify that the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage match the panel diagram, and check the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and load side using the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCarry out connections according to the torque, stripping length, and wire sizes specified in the model manual; do not use values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of connections and mounting, then close covers and conduct required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker provide earth leakage protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within your panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips frequently with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, whereas breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not use these numbers interchangeably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201108\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 1P A9K24120 circuit breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902797015,"sku":"00201107","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201107.jpg?v=1789627412"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201108","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 1P A9K24120","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"rtl\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 20A 1P MCB Circuit Breaker A9K24120\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 20 Amperes and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For the Specialized Technician\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's manual for model A9K24120 to determine terminals and tightening values. Do not work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load side based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms the connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchase\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check for the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first determine the cause of tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One number cannot be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eElectrical Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201107\"\u003eSchneider 16A 1P MCB Circuit Breaker A9K24116\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809902960855,"sku":"00201108","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201108.jpg?v=1789627413"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201109","title":"Schneider Electric Acti9 iK60N MCB 25A 1P Curve C 6kA A9K24120","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider Acti9 iK60N 25A 1P C-Curve 6kA MCB (A9K24120)\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCBs at Bashiti Stores, designed for circuit protection against overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 25A and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and home or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Authorized Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24120 to determine terminals and tightening values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental restart, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated slot after confirming compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required operating and protection tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMCBs are designed for overload and short-circuit protection and are not a substitute for earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One number cannot be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSchneider at Bashiti Stores — Electrical Department\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose MCBs from the Bashiti Electrical Department according to the specifications required for your project in Jordan. The series name and the A9K24120 reference help you identify the part accurately when inquiring or ordering a replacement. At Bashiti Stores, we provide essential selection data for comparing similar products, helping you prepare your order for your technician or contractor based on function and compatibility, rather than just price or appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903026391,"sku":"00201109","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201109.jpg?v=1789627414"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201110","title":"Schneider MCB 32A 1P A9K24132","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 1P A9K24132 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 32 amps and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with your circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of disconnecting during overload and short circuit in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker to the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications of this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24132 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; these values should not be taken from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without adequate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201111\"\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 1P A9K24140\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903059159,"sku":"00201110","price":4.2,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201110.jpg?v=1789627416"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201111","title":"Schneider MCB 40A 1P A9K24140","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 1P A9K24140 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker category at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with the circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit tripping into a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Electricians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. The manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24140 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Do not work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCarries out connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; these values should not be transferred from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that keeps tripping with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study could leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can disconnect within specific voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one figure for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product inquiries and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201113\"\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 1P A9K24163 circuit breaker\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903091927,"sku":"00201111","price":5.15,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201111.jpg?v=1789627417"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201113","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 1P A9K24163","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 1P A9K24163\u003c\/strong\u003e is a choice among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this model, the rated current is 63 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish the model from alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current rating simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for matching the breaker to circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications of this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24163\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's manual for reference A9K24163 to determine terminal layouts and tightening torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage using appropriate tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Purchasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. The two figures are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201207\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 2P A9K24216\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903190231,"sku":"00201113","price":6.88,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201113.jpg?v=1789627418"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201207","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 2P A9K24216","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 2P A9K24216\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from alternatives in the same series; match them with circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions into a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline general work sequences. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24216 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire sizes specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of mounting and connections, then closes the covers and conducts necessary functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n--\u0026gt;\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overloads and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first determine the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmps represent the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure is a substitute for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our branches in \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat, Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompare Within Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201208\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 2P a9k24220\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903288535,"sku":"00201207","price":12.55,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201207.jpg?v=1789627419"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201208","title":"Schneider MCB circuit breaker 20A 2P A9K24220","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 20A 2P MCB a9k24220\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 20 Amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-rated circuit breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of disconnection during overload and short circuit in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003ea9k24220\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSpecified Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSpecified Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eOn DIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and wiring method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Qualified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference a9k24220 to determine terminals and tightening values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the rail or its designated location after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of the mounting and connection, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one with higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one figure for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Department\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e section. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201209\"\u003eSchneider 25A 2P MCB A9K24225\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903386839,"sku":"00201208","price":12.55,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201208.jpg?v=1789627420"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201209","title":"Schneider MCB 25A 2P A9K24225","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 2P A9K24225 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this model, the rated current is 25 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24225\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for the A9K24225 reference to determine terminal placement and tightening values. Work must not be performed on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental restart, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the DIN rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; these values must not be transferred from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that keeps tripping with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely break under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201210\"\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 2P A9K24232 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903452375,"sku":"00201209","price":12.55,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201209.jpg?v=1789627421"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201210","title":"Schneider MCB Circuit Breaker 32A 2P A9K24232","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 32A 2P MCB Circuit Breaker A9K24232\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker category at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 32 Amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker to the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24232\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity (as per source title)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24232 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental re-energization, then verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram; review conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit onto the rail or its designated position after verifying compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer’s diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of connections and installation, then replace covers and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither value should be used as a substitute for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product or quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor comparison within the category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee also the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201211\"\u003eSchneider 40A 2P MCB Circuit Breaker A9K24240\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903550679,"sku":"00201210","price":12.55,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201210.jpg?v=1789627422"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201211","title":"Schneider MCB circuit breaker 40A 2P A9K24240","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 2P A9K24240 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breaker category at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 Amperes and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher amperage just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Certified Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24240 to determine terminals and tightening torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician must disconnect all power sources, secure them against reactivation, and verify the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the distribution board diagram, and review conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not copy these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the installation and connections, then close the covers and conduct the required operation and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the distribution board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first determine the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe amperage is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither figure should be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about products and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201212\"\u003eSchneider MCB 50A 2P A9K24250 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903648983,"sku":"00201211","price":15.38,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201211.jpg?v=1789627423"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201212","title":"Schneider MCB 50A 2P A9K24250","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 50A 2P A9K24250\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 50 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions into one standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the distribution board and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e50 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per Source Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners setting up a new distribution board or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or the breaker's appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for the A9K24250 reference to determine terminals and tightening torque values. Never perform work on a circuit connected to the power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the board diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not use these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n--\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the distribution board design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one having a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first determine the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current (Amps) and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ampere rating is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers Section\u003c\/a\u003e. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our branches in \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Al-Wehdat, Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201213\"\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 2P A9K24263\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903714519,"sku":"00201212","price":16.12,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201212.jpg?v=1789627424"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201213","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 2P A9K24263","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 2P A9K24263\u003c\/strong\u003e is a choice among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 63 Amps and the number of poles is 2P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24263\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e2P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operational Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e230VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the breaker's shape alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For the Professional Technician\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for the A9K24263 reference to determine terminals and tightening values. Do not work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections with the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overloads and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study might leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can disconnect under defined voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201306\"\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 3P A9K24306\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903780055,"sku":"00201213","price":17.64,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201213.jpg?v=1789627425"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201306","title":"Schneider MCB 6A 3P A9K24306","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 3P A9K24306\u003c\/strong\u003e is a choice among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 6 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24306\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eOn DIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the device type or the breaker's appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24306 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental re-energization, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and review the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit on the rail or its designated position after confirming compatibility, and identify the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the mounting and connections, then close the covers and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely trip within specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one figure for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201307\"\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 3P A9K24310\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903845591,"sku":"00201306","price":19.58,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201306.jpg?v=1789627426"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201307","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 3P A9K24310","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 10A 3P MCB A9K24310\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 10A and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24310\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker to match an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, rather than just the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24310 to identify terminals and torque values. Work must not be performed on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against re-energization, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and review the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the device on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the line and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of the installation and connections, close the covers, and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips frequently with one that has a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more within the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201309\"\u003eSchneider 20A 3P MCB A9K24320\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809903911127,"sku":"00201307","price":18.59,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201307.jpg?v=1789627427"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201309","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 3P A9K24320","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 3P A9K24320\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the automatic MCB circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 20 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current rating simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines both overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single standardized device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24320\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity as per source title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24320 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated location after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be checked within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips frequently with one that has a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can clear within specified voltage and standard conditions. Neither of these figures should be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201310\"\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 3P A9K24325\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904009431,"sku":"00201309","price":18.59,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201309.jpg?v=1789627428"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201310","title":"Schneider MCB 25A 3P A9K24325","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 3P A9K24325\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 25 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish the model from others in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current rating just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a foundation for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24325\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24325 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one figure for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201311\"\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 3P A9K24332\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904074967,"sku":"00201310","price":18.59,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201310.jpg?v=1789627430"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201311","title":"Schneider MCB 32A 3P A9K24332","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider 32A 3P MCB A9K24332\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 32 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24332\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or breaker shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps illustrate the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24332 must be used to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry these values over from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the security of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not substitute for earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one having higher Amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not swap one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201312\"\u003eSchneider 40A 3P MCB A9K24340\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904140503,"sku":"00201311","price":18.59,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201311.jpg?v=1789627431"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201312","title":"Schneider MCB 40A 3P A9K24340","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"rtl\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 3P A9K24340\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 40 amps and the number of poles is 3P. These data distinguish the model from others in the same series; match them with the circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker to the circuit's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24340\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or its shape alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps illustrate the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24340 should be used to determine terminals and tightening values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against reactivation, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections with the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTests the installation and connections, closes the panels, and performs the necessary operational and protection tests before the circuit is commissioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot be replaced by the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00201314\"\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 3P A9K24363\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904238807,"sku":"00201312","price":18.9,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201312.jpg?v=1789627432"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00201314","title":"Schneider MCB 63A 3P A9K24363","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"rtl\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 63A 3P A9K24363 circuit breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overloads and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 63 Amps and the number of poles is 3P. These specifications distinguish this model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with your circuit requirements and do not choose a higher current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines both overload and short-circuit protection functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iK60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9K24363\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e63 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e3P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Operating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e400VAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not solely on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence. Use the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9K24363 to determine terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated location after ensuring compatibility, and identifies supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque settings, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. The need for an RCCB or RCBO should be reviewed within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eElectrical Circuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e categories. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204105\"\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 1P A9F74106\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904500951,"sku":"00201314","price":25.04,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00201314.jpg?v=1789627433"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204105","title":"Schneider MCB 6A 1P A9F74106","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 6A 1P A9F74106\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overload and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 6 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with the circuit requirements and do not choose a higher-current breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker to the circuit's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74106\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA according to IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA according to IEC\/EN 60947-2; consult the manual for voltage conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Licensed Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Refer to the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9F74106 to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a live circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against accidental reconnection, and verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage must match the panel diagram; verify conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMount the unit onto the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identify the supply and output based on the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecute connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tightness of connections and mounting, then close the covers and perform the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Consult the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that keeps tripping with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without proper assessment may leave the wires without adequate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperes and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperes represent the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204106\"\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 1P A9F74110\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904566487,"sku":"00204105","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204105.jpg?v=1789627434"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204106","title":"Schneider MCB 10A 1P A9F74110","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 10A 1P A9F74110 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among automatic MCBs at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect circuits from overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 10 Amps and it has 1 pole (1P). This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with the circuit requirements and do not select a breaker with a higher current rating simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of overload and short-circuit protection in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA per IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA per IEC\/EN 60947-2; review voltage conditions in the manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker matching an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Procedure — For Licensed Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9F74110 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources, secures them against reactivation, and verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the feed and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not copy these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInspects the installation and connections for tightness, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and safety tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely interrupt under specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor comparison within the category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204107\"\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P A9F74116\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904664791,"sku":"00204106","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204106.jpg?v=1789627435"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204107","title":"Schneider MCB 16A 1P A9F74116","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 16A 1P A9F74116\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 16 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. These specifications distinguish the model from other alternatives in the same series; match them with the circuit requirements and do not select a higher-rated breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions in a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for matching the breaker with the circuit's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications of This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e16 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA according to IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA according to IEC\/EN 60947-2; consult the manual for voltage conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, electrical contractors, homeowners, and shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just the device type or breaker shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification — For Qualified Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow. Always refer to the manufacturer's diagram for the A9F74116 reference to determine terminal placement and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to a power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental restart, then verifies the absence of voltage with an appropriate tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the DIN rail or its designated slot after verifying compatibility, and identifies the supply and load terminals from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transpose these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the mounting and connections, closes the covers, and performs the required functional and protection tests before commissioning the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is designed for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Check the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without analysis may leave the wiring without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between current and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe current (Amps) is the rated current of the breaker, while the breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt under defined voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e sections. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204108\"\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 1P A9F74120\u003c\/a\u003e and compare specifications to choose what best fits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904730327,"sku":"00204107","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204107.jpg?v=1789627436"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204108","title":"Schneider MCB 20A 1P A9F74120","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 20A 1P A9F74120\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed for circuit protection against overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 20 Amperes and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with the circuit requirements and do not choose a breaker with a higher current just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines the functions of disconnection during overload and short circuit into a single modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eHelps distribute protection across independent circuits, aiding in panel organization and identifying the affected circuit in case of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with the circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e20 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA according to IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA according to IEC\/EN 60947-2; check voltage conditions in the manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W x H x D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 85 x 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches the existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the device type or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9F74120 must be consulted to determine terminals and torque values. Work must not be performed on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMounts the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes connections according to the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace the need for earth leakage protection. Review the necessity of an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and check the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without assessment may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can safely disconnect under specified voltage and standard conditions. One figure cannot replace the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For product and quantity inquiries, contact us at \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204109\"\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 1P A9F74125\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904828631,"sku":"00204108","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204108.jpg?v=1789627437"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204109","title":"Schneider MCB 25A 1P A9F74125","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"rtl\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 25A 1P A9F74125 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option among MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit from overload and short circuits. In this version, the rated current is 25 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes the model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with the circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker just to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit protection functions in one modular device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit in the event of a fault.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoosing the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides a basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for this Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74125\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e25 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA according to IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA according to IEC\/EN 60947-2; check voltage conditions in the manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN Rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho needs this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, installation contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. The choice depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and installation method, not just on the type of device or the shape of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general work sequence; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9F74125 must be used to identify terminals and tightening values. Work must not be performed on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews the conductor cross-section and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the component on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and output from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExecutes the connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire cross-sections specified in the model manual; do not carry over these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the tightness of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and performs the required functional and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short circuits and does not replace earth leakage protection. Check the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. First, identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cable, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without proper protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Amperage and Breaking Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt within specified voltage and standard conditions. One should not be substituted for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Company, serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wehdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor comparison within the category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso, check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204110\"\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 1P A9F74132 Circuit Breaker\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904894167,"sku":"00204109","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204109.jpg?v=1789627439"},{"product_id":"bashiti-schneider-00204110","title":"Schneider MCB 32A 1P A9F74132","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchneider MCB 32A 1P A9F74132\u003c\/strong\u003e is an option within the MCB automatic circuit breakers at Bashiti Stores, designed to protect the circuit against overloads and short circuits. In this option, the rated current is 32 Amps and the number of poles is 1P. This data distinguishes this model from other alternatives in the same series; match it with circuit requirements and do not choose a higher amperage breaker simply to increase the operating margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCombines overload and short-circuit tripping functions into one standard device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributing protection across independent circuits helps organize the panel and identify the affected circuit when a fault occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the correct current, number of poles, and tripping curve provides the basis for aligning the breaker with circuit requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications for This Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSchneider Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eActi9 iC60N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eA9F74132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e32 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e1P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTripping Curve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Capacity per Source Title\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e6kA per IEC\/EN 60898-1 and 10kA per IEC\/EN 60947-2; check voltage conditions in the manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions: W × H × D\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 85 × 78.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eStated Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Needs This Product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectricians, wiring contractors, and homeowners or shop owners who are setting up a new panel or replacing a breaker that matches an existing circuit. Selection depends on the circuit design, cable cross-section, and method of installation, not just on the device type or the appearance of the breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Verification Method — For Professional Technicians\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following steps outline the general workflow; the manufacturer's diagram for reference A9F74132 must be used to identify terminals and torque values. Do not perform work on a circuit connected to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe technician disconnects all power sources and secures them against accidental reconnection, then verifies the absence of voltage with a suitable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the device reference, number of poles, current, and voltage with the panel diagram, and reviews conductor cross-sections and protection coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls the unit on the rail or its designated position after ensuring compatibility, and identifies the supply and load side from the manufacturer's diagram for this reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms connections using the tightening torque, stripping length, and wire gauges specified in the model manual; do not transfer these values from a similar device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChecks the integrity of the installation and connections, then closes the covers and conducts the required operational and protection tests before handing over the circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions Before Buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this breaker protect against earth leakage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn MCB is intended for overload and short-circuit protection and does not replace earth leakage protection. Review the need for an RCCB or RCBO within the panel design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I replace a breaker that trips constantly with one of a higher amperage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must first identify the cause of the tripping and inspect the load, cables, and connections. Increasing the amperage without study may leave the wires without appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between amperage and breaking capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage is the rated current of the breaker, while breaking capacity describes the level of short-circuit current it can interrupt within specified voltage and standard conditions. Do not substitute one for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder from Bashiti Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLearn more in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%A9\"\u003eElectrical Section\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/collections\/%D9%82%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B7%D8%B9-%D9%83%D9%87%D8%B1%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A1\"\u003eCircuit Breakers\u003c\/a\u003e category. Bashiti Stores — Yousef Bashiti Co., serving individuals, companies, and projects in Jordan. For inquiries about the product and quantities, contact \u003ca href=\"tel:+962795756898\"\u003e0795756898\u003c\/a\u003e or visit our \u003cstrong\u003eBayader and Wahdat branches in Amman\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor Comparison Within the Category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/products\/bashiti-schneider-00204111\"\u003eSchneider MCB 40A 1P A9F74140\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare the specifications to choose what suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schneider Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49809904959703,"sku":"00204110","price":7.09,"currency_code":"JOD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/files\/00204110.jpg?v=1789627440"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0780\/2182\/0631\/collections\/New_Project_183_46.png?v=1768730210","url":"https:\/\/www.bashitistores.com\/en\/collections\/%d9%82%d9%88%d8%a7%d8%b7%d8%b9-%d9%83%d9%87%d8%b1%d8%a8%d8%a7%d8%a1.oembed?page=2","provider":"Bashiti Stores","version":"1.0","type":"link"}